1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
153 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
154 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
163 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
164 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
165 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
168 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
169 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
170 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
172 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
173 Information instructions. The register number, offset
174 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
175 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
177 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
179 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
185 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
187 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
188 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
189 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
190 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
196 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
197 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
198 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
206 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
207 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
208 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
209 of this structure. */
210 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
212 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
213 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
215 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
218 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
219 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
220 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
221 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
222 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
224 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
227 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
228 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
229 const char *dw_fde_end
;
230 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
232 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
234 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
235 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
236 unsigned funcdef_number
;
237 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
238 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
239 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
243 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
244 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
246 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
247 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
248 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
249 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
251 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
252 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
255 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
256 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
257 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
260 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
261 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
264 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
265 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
266 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
269 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
270 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
272 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
273 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
276 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
278 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
279 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
280 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
282 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
283 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
284 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
285 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
287 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
291 /* CIE identifier. */
292 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
293 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
294 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
296 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
299 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
300 information for each routine. */
301 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
303 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
304 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
306 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
307 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
309 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
311 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
313 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
314 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
316 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
317 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
318 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
319 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
320 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
321 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
324 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
327 unsigned int refcount
;
332 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
334 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
335 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
337 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
341 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
342 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
343 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
344 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
345 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
346 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
347 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
348 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
349 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
350 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
351 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
352 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
353 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
354 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
355 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
356 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
358 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
359 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
360 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
361 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
362 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
363 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
364 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
366 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
367 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
368 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
371 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
372 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
373 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
375 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
376 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
379 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
380 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
383 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
384 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
387 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
388 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
390 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
391 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
392 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
393 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
394 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
395 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
397 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
399 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
401 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
402 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
406 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
408 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
412 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
413 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
414 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
415 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
418 /* Hook used by __throw. */
421 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
423 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
424 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
427 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
428 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
431 stripattributes (const char *s
)
433 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
438 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
445 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
448 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
451 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
452 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
453 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
454 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
456 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
458 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
460 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
462 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
463 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
466 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
467 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
468 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
470 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
472 wrote_return_column
= true;
474 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
478 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
479 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
483 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
484 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column
);
485 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
486 wrote_return_column
= false;
488 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 if (! wrote_return_column
)
493 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
494 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
495 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
500 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
503 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
507 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
508 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
510 return "DW_CFA_offset";
512 return "DW_CFA_restore";
516 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
517 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
518 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
519 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
520 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
522 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
523 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
524 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
525 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
526 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
527 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
528 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
529 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
530 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
531 case DW_CFA_register
:
532 return "DW_CFA_register";
533 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
534 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
535 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
536 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
538 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
539 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
540 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
542 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
547 case DW_CFA_expression
:
548 return "DW_CFA_expression";
549 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
550 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
554 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
556 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
557 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
558 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
561 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
562 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
563 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
564 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
565 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
566 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
569 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
573 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
575 static inline dw_cfi_ref
578 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
580 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
581 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
582 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
590 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
594 /* Find the end of the chain. */
595 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
601 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
604 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
606 static char label
[20];
608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
613 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
614 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
617 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
621 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
624 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
626 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
627 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
631 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
633 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
635 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
636 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
637 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
640 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
644 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
647 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
650 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
652 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
654 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
655 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
657 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
659 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
662 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
665 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
668 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
669 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
671 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
673 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
674 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
681 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
684 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
688 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
691 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
693 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
694 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
696 if (fde_table_in_use
)
698 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
699 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
700 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
704 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
707 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
711 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
714 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
715 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
717 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
718 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
719 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
722 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
729 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
732 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
735 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
737 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
738 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
739 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
740 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
741 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
744 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
745 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
748 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
751 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
756 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
757 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
760 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
762 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
763 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
768 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
770 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
771 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
774 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
775 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
777 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
778 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
787 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
788 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
789 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
792 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
793 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
794 offset has not changed. */
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
796 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
800 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
802 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
803 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
804 the specified offset. */
807 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
808 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
816 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
817 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
823 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
824 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
825 register-offset pair is available. */
826 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
828 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
829 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
830 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
833 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
836 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
837 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
838 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
839 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
842 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
844 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
848 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
851 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
853 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
855 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
857 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
859 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
860 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
861 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
863 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
865 gcc_assert (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== offset
);
868 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
870 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
872 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
874 else if (sreg
== reg
)
875 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
878 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
879 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
882 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
885 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
886 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
887 from the previous frame's window save area.
889 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
890 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
893 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
895 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
897 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
898 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
901 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
902 pushed onto the stack. */
905 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
909 if (size
== old_args_size
)
912 old_args_size
= size
;
915 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
916 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
917 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
920 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
921 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
924 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
929 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
930 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
933 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
935 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
938 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
939 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
942 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
944 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
947 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
948 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
951 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
953 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
954 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
956 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
959 /* RA is in a register. */
960 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
964 /* RA is on the stack. */
966 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
969 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
974 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
975 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
979 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
980 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
990 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
991 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
992 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
993 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
994 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1001 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1002 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1005 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1008 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1009 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
1011 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1012 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1013 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1016 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1018 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1019 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1020 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1021 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1022 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1025 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1029 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1031 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1032 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1033 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1039 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1041 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1042 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1043 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1044 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1045 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1052 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1054 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1061 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1063 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1078 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1079 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1080 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1083 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1085 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1089 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1090 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1091 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1092 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1093 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1096 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1098 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1099 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1100 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1101 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1102 offset
= -args_size
;
1107 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1108 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1109 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1110 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1112 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1114 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1115 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1116 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1118 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1123 /* We handle this separately because we want stack adjustments in a
1124 CALL_INSN to be handled. */;
1125 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1127 /* If only calls can throw, adjust args_size only at call sites. */
1128 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1129 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1135 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1136 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1138 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1142 args_size
+= offset
;
1146 /* If only calls can throw and we have a frame pointer, we'll save
1147 up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. We used to return
1148 early and derive args_size from NARGS in the CALL_INSN itself,
1149 but that doesn't compute the right value if we have nested call
1150 expansions, e.g., stack adjustments for a call have already been
1151 emitted, and then we issue another call to compute an argument
1152 for the enclosing call (i.e., bar (foo ())). */
1153 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1156 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1157 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1158 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1159 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1164 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1165 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1166 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1168 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1170 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1172 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1176 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1178 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1179 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1184 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1185 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1186 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1187 more efficient data structure. */
1188 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1189 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1191 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1192 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1194 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1195 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1198 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1200 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1202 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1203 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1205 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1206 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1211 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1212 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1213 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1217 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1218 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1220 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1223 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1226 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1228 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1230 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1233 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1235 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1236 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1238 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1240 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1241 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1243 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1245 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1246 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1249 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1251 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1253 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1254 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1257 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1258 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1261 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1262 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1263 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1264 have a new location for? */
1267 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1269 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1271 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1274 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1276 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1277 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1278 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1285 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1288 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1291 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1293 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1294 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1296 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1298 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1299 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1301 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1302 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1304 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1305 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1306 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1309 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1312 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1314 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1316 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1318 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1319 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1322 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1323 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1324 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1325 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1331 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1332 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1333 value, not an offset. */
1334 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1336 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1337 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1338 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1339 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1341 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1342 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1343 users need not read the source code.
1345 The High-Level Picture
1347 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1348 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1349 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1350 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1351 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1353 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1354 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1355 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1356 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1357 saves. This also seems to work.
1359 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1360 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1361 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1362 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1363 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1364 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1365 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1366 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1367 value as in the caller.
1369 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1370 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1371 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1372 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1374 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1377 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1379 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1380 consists of a register and an offset.
1381 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1382 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1383 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1384 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1385 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1386 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1387 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1389 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1390 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1391 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1394 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1395 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1396 and cfa_temp.offset.
1398 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1401 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1402 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1403 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1407 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1408 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1411 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1412 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1413 cfa.offset unchanged
1414 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1415 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1418 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1419 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1420 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1421 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1422 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1423 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1426 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1427 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1428 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1431 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1432 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1434 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1435 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1436 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1439 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1440 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1442 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1446 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1447 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1448 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1451 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1452 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1456 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1460 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1461 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1462 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1465 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1466 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1467 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1469 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1472 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1473 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1474 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1476 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1479 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1482 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1483 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1486 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1487 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1488 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1491 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1492 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1493 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1494 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1497 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1498 Â effects: target-dependent */
1501 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1504 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1506 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1507 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1508 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1509 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1510 flag is set in them. */
1511 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1514 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1516 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1517 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1518 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1520 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1525 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1527 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1528 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1532 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1537 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1540 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1542 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1544 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1547 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1548 relative to the current CFA register.
1550 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1551 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1552 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1553 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1554 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1555 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1556 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1560 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1561 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1562 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1563 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1564 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1565 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1572 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1576 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1579 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1582 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
1584 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1590 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1592 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1593 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1594 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1596 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1597 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1600 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
1602 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1604 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1605 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1606 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1607 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1609 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1612 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1613 or adjusting the FP */
1614 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
1616 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1617 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1618 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1619 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1620 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1622 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1623 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1627 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
1630 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1631 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1632 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1634 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1635 into the FP later on. */
1636 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1637 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1638 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1639 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1640 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1641 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1645 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1646 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1647 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1649 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1650 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1651 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1652 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1653 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1657 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1660 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1661 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1670 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1671 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1676 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1677 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1678 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1680 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1681 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1682 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1685 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1686 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1693 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
1694 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
1695 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
1702 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1706 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
1708 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1710 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1715 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1716 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
1718 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1720 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1721 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1723 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1724 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1725 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1727 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1733 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1734 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1737 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1738 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1740 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1741 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1742 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1744 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1748 /* With an offset. */
1755 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1756 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1757 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1758 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1761 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
1763 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1764 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1767 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1768 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1774 /* Without an offset. */
1777 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
1779 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1780 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1783 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1784 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1791 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
1792 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1793 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1794 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1801 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1802 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1803 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1805 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1807 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1809 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1810 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1812 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1813 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1818 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1819 calculate the CFA. */
1820 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1824 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
1826 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1827 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1829 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1834 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1835 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1843 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1844 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1845 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1847 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1848 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1851 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1856 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1860 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1861 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1863 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1866 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
1868 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1871 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1873 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1875 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1876 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1878 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1882 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1883 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1885 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1887 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1888 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
1892 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1893 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1895 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1897 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1899 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1904 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1905 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1906 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1908 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1909 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1914 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1917 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1918 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1919 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1920 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1921 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1922 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1925 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1927 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1929 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1930 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1931 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1933 case DW_CFA_register
:
1934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1937 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1938 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1939 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1942 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1943 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1950 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1951 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1952 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1954 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1955 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1959 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1960 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1962 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1963 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1964 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1966 case DW_CFA_register
:
1967 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1970 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1974 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1976 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1977 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1981 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1985 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1986 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
1990 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
1996 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
1998 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2000 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2002 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2003 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2004 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2005 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2006 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2007 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2008 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2009 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2012 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2013 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2017 if (eh_frame_section
)
2018 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2021 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2022 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2023 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2024 label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
2025 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2026 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2027 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2028 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2032 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2035 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
2038 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
2040 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
2041 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
2042 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2043 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
2045 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2047 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2050 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
2052 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2054 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
2059 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
2061 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2063 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2065 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2066 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2067 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
2070 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2071 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
2074 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2075 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2076 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2077 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2080 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2081 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2082 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2083 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2086 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2087 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2088 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2089 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2092 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2095 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2098 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2099 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2100 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2101 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2102 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2105 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2106 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2107 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2109 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2112 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2113 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2114 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2115 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2116 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2120 case DW_CFA_register
:
2121 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2123 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2128 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2132 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2136 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2139 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2140 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2141 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2144 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2145 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2154 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2155 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2156 location of saved registers. */
2159 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2164 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2165 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2166 char augmentation
[6];
2167 int augmentation_size
;
2168 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2169 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2170 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2173 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2174 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2177 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2178 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2179 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2180 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2181 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2182 specialization doesn't. */
2183 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2184 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2186 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2187 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2188 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2189 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2190 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2191 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2193 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2194 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2195 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2196 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2199 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2201 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2202 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2203 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2204 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2205 any_eh_needed
= true;
2206 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2207 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2208 any_eh_needed
= true;
2210 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2214 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2219 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2222 if (!debug_frame_section
)
2223 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
2224 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
2225 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
2228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2229 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2231 /* Output the CIE. */
2232 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2233 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2234 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2235 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2236 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2237 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2238 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2239 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2241 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2242 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2243 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2244 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
2245 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2249 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2250 augmentation_size
= 0;
2256 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2257 augmentation section.
2258 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2259 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2260 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2262 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2263 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2265 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2266 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2267 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2269 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2270 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2273 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2275 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2278 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2280 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2283 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2285 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2287 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2291 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2292 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2294 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2296 + 1 /* CIE version */
2297 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2298 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2299 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2301 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2302 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2303 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2305 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2307 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2308 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2309 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2313 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2315 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2316 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2318 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
2319 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2320 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2324 if (augmentation
[0])
2326 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2327 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2330 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2331 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2332 eh_personality_libfunc
,
2336 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2337 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2338 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2340 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2342 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2345 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2346 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2348 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2349 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2350 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2351 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2353 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2354 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2356 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2358 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2359 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2360 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2361 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2362 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2365 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2366 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2367 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2369 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2370 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2371 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2372 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2374 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2377 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2379 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2380 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
2384 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
2385 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2386 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2389 "FDE initial location");
2390 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2392 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2393 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
2394 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2395 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
2396 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2397 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2398 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
, false,
2399 "FDE initial location");
2400 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2401 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2402 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2403 "FDE address range");
2404 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
, false,
2405 "FDE initial location");
2406 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2407 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2408 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2409 "FDE address range");
2412 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2413 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2414 "FDE address range");
2418 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2419 "FDE initial location");
2420 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2422 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2423 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2424 "FDE initial location");
2425 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2426 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2427 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2428 "FDE address range");
2429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2430 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2431 "FDE initial location");
2432 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2433 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2434 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2435 "FDE address range");
2438 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2439 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2440 "FDE address range");
2443 if (augmentation
[0])
2445 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2447 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2449 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2451 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2452 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2453 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2454 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2455 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2458 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
2461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2463 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2466 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2467 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2468 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2469 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2473 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2474 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2476 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2477 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2484 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2486 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2487 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2488 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2490 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2491 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2492 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2496 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2497 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2498 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2499 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2500 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2501 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2504 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2509 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2513 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2514 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2516 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2520 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
2522 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2523 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2524 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2526 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2527 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2530 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2534 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl
));
2535 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2536 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2537 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2538 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2539 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
2540 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
2542 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2543 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2544 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2548 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2549 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2551 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2552 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2553 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2554 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2555 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2558 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2559 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2561 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2562 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2563 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2564 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
2565 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2566 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
2567 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2568 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
2569 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2570 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
2571 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2572 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2573 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2574 fde
->nothrow
= TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
);
2575 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2576 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2578 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2580 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2581 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2582 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2584 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2588 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2589 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2593 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2594 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2597 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2599 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2602 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2604 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2605 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2609 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2611 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2612 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2613 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2614 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2616 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2617 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2619 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2620 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2622 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2623 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
)
2624 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2629 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2631 /* Output call frame information. */
2632 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
2633 output_call_frame_info (0);
2635 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2636 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2637 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2638 output_call_frame_info (1);
2643 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2644 for emitting location expressions. */
2646 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2647 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2648 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2651 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2652 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2653 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2654 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2656 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2657 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2658 implementation are listed below. */
2663 dw_val_class_offset
,
2665 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2666 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2668 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2669 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2672 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2673 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2674 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2675 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
2680 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2681 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2683 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2690 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2692 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2694 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2700 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2701 represented internally. */
2703 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2705 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2706 union dw_val_struct_union
2708 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2709 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2710 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2711 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2712 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2713 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2714 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2715 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2716 struct dw_val_die_union
2720 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2721 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2722 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2723 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2724 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2726 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2730 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2733 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2735 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2736 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2737 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2738 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2743 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2744 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2745 their entire life. */
2746 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2748 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2749 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2750 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2751 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2752 Only on head of list */
2753 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2754 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2757 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2759 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2760 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2761 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2762 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2763 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2764 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2765 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2766 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2768 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2771 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2776 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2777 return "DW_OP_addr";
2779 return "DW_OP_deref";
2781 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2783 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2785 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2787 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2789 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2791 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2793 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2795 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2797 return "DW_OP_constu";
2799 return "DW_OP_consts";
2803 return "DW_OP_drop";
2805 return "DW_OP_over";
2807 return "DW_OP_pick";
2809 return "DW_OP_swap";
2813 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2821 return "DW_OP_minus";
2833 return "DW_OP_plus";
2834 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2835 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2841 return "DW_OP_shra";
2859 return "DW_OP_skip";
2861 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2863 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2865 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2867 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2869 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2871 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2873 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2875 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2877 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2879 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2897 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2899 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2925 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2927 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2929 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2931 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2933 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2935 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2937 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2939 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2941 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2943 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2961 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2963 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2989 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2991 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2993 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2995 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2997 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2999 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3001 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3003 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3005 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3007 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3025 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3027 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3053 return "DW_OP_regx";
3055 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3057 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3059 return "DW_OP_piece";
3060 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3061 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3062 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3063 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3066 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
3067 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3069 return "DW_OP_call2";
3071 return "DW_OP_call4";
3072 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3073 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3074 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
3075 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3077 return "OP_<unknown>";
3081 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3082 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3083 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3085 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3086 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
3087 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
3089 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
3091 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
3092 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3093 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
3094 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3095 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
3100 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3103 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
3105 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3107 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3108 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3114 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3116 static unsigned long
3117 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3119 unsigned long size
= 1;
3121 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3124 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3125 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3144 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3147 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3152 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3153 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3191 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3194 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3197 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3200 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3201 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3204 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3206 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3207 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3216 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3217 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3226 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3228 static unsigned long
3229 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3233 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3235 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3236 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
3242 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3245 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3247 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3248 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3250 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3252 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3254 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3258 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3262 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3266 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
3267 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3274 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
3275 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3277 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3290 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3291 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3292 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3293 only doing unwinding. */
3298 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3301 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3304 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3307 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3309 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3310 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3344 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3347 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3350 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3354 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3357 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3359 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3360 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3364 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3365 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
3367 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
3370 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3377 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3382 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3385 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3387 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3389 /* Output the opcode. */
3390 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3391 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3393 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3394 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3398 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3399 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3402 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3404 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3407 /* Output the size of the block. */
3408 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3409 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3412 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3413 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3416 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3417 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3420 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3421 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3423 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3425 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
3429 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3432 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3434 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3436 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3437 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3439 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3441 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3442 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3443 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3446 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
3447 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3454 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3456 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3457 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3458 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, offset
, 0);
3460 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, offset
);
3466 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3467 descriptor sequence. */
3470 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3472 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3474 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3478 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3480 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3516 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3519 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3553 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3554 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3557 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3558 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3563 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3564 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3567 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3568 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3572 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3574 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3575 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3577 /* .debug_str support. */
3578 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3580 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3581 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3582 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3583 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3584 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3585 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3586 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3587 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3588 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3589 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3590 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3591 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3592 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3593 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3594 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3595 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3597 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3599 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3605 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3606 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3607 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3608 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3609 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3610 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3611 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3612 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3613 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3614 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3615 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3616 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3617 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3618 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3619 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3620 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3621 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3622 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3623 something tries to reference them. */
3624 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3625 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3626 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3627 dwarf2out_var_location
,
3628 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
3629 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3633 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3634 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3635 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3637 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3638 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3639 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3640 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3642 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3643 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3645 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3647 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3649 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3650 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3651 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3652 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3653 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3655 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3656 line number associated with the label generated for that
3657 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3658 the line number entry. */
3660 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3662 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3663 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3667 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3669 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3671 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3672 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3673 unsigned long function
;
3675 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3677 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3678 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3679 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3681 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3683 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3684 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3688 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
3689 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
3691 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3693 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3695 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3697 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
3698 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3699 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3701 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3702 dw_offset die_offset
;
3703 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3705 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3706 int die_perennial_p
;
3707 unsigned int decl_id
;
3711 /* The pubname structure */
3713 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3720 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3725 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3726 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3730 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3734 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3735 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3736 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3739 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3740 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3742 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3743 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3744 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3745 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3746 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3747 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3749 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3750 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3751 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3752 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3753 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3754 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3755 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3756 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3757 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3758 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3760 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3761 language, and compiler version. */
3763 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3764 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3765 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3767 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3768 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3770 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3771 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3772 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3773 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3774 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3776 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3777 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3778 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3779 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3780 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3781 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3783 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3784 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3785 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3786 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3788 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3792 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3793 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3794 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3796 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3797 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3799 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3800 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3802 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3803 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3804 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3805 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3806 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3808 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3809 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3810 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3811 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3814 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3815 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3817 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3818 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3820 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3821 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3822 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3823 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3825 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3826 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3827 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3829 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3830 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3832 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3833 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3834 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
3835 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3838 /* Variable location list. */
3839 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3841 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3843 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3844 it is marked through the chain. */
3845 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3847 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3848 unsigned int decl_id
;
3850 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3853 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3854 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3856 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3857 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3858 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3859 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3860 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3862 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3863 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3865 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3866 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3868 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3869 abbrev_die_table. */
3870 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3872 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3873 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3874 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3875 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3877 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3878 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3880 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3881 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3883 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3884 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
3886 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3887 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3888 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3889 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3891 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3892 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3894 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3895 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3897 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3899 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3901 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3902 accessible names. */
3903 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3905 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3906 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3908 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3909 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3911 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3913 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3915 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3916 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3918 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3919 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3921 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3922 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3924 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3926 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3928 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3929 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3931 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3932 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3934 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3935 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3937 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3939 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3941 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3942 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3944 /* Unique label counter. */
3945 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3947 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3948 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3949 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3951 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3952 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3955 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3956 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3958 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3959 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3961 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3963 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3964 within the current function. */
3965 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
3967 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3969 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3970 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3971 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3972 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3973 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3974 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3975 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3976 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3977 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3978 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3979 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3980 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3981 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3982 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3983 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3984 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3985 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3986 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3988 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3989 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3990 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3991 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3992 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3993 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3994 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3995 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3996 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3997 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3998 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3999 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
4000 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4001 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4002 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
4003 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4005 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
4006 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
4007 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
4008 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4009 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4010 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4011 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4012 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4013 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4015 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
4016 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4017 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4018 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4019 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4020 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4021 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4022 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4023 static bool is_c_family (void);
4024 static bool is_cxx (void);
4025 static bool is_java (void);
4026 static bool is_fortran (void);
4027 static bool is_ada (void);
4028 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4029 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
4030 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
4031 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4032 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4033 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
4034 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4035 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4036 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4037 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
4038 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4039 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4040 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
4041 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4042 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
4043 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4044 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
4045 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4046 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
4047 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4048 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4049 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
4050 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
4051 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4052 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4053 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
4054 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
4055 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
4056 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
4057 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4058 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
4059 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
4060 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
4061 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
4062 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
4063 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
4064 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4065 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4066 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4067 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
4068 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
4069 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
4070 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
4071 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
4072 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4073 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
4074 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
4075 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4076 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4077 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4078 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4079 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4080 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4081 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4082 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4083 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
4084 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
4085 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4086 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
4087 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
4088 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4089 static void output_pubnames (void);
4090 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4091 static void output_aranges (void);
4092 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
4093 static void output_ranges (void);
4094 static void output_line_info (void);
4095 static void output_file_names (void);
4096 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
4097 static tree
root_type (tree
);
4098 static int is_base_type (tree
);
4099 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
4100 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4101 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4102 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
4103 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx
);
4104 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
4105 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4106 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4107 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4108 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4109 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4110 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
4111 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
4112 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4113 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4114 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
4115 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
4116 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
4117 static tree
field_type (tree
);
4118 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
4119 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
4120 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
4121 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
4122 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4124 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4125 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
4126 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4127 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4128 static void insert_float (rtx
, unsigned char *);
4129 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
4130 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
4131 enum dwarf_attribute
);
4132 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4133 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
4134 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
4135 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
4136 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4137 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4138 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4139 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4140 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4141 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4142 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4143 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4144 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4145 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
4146 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4147 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4148 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4149 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4150 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4151 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4152 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
4153 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
4155 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
4157 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4159 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4161 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4162 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4163 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4164 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4165 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4166 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4167 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4168 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4169 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4170 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4171 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4172 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4173 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4174 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4175 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4176 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4177 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4178 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4179 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4180 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4181 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4182 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4183 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4184 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4185 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
4186 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
4187 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4188 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
4189 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
4190 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4191 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4192 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4193 static void init_file_table (void);
4194 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4195 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4196 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4197 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4198 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4199 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4200 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4201 const char *, const char *,
4203 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4204 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4206 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4207 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4208 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4209 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4210 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4211 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4212 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4214 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4215 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4216 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4218 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4219 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4221 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4222 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4224 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4225 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4227 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4228 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4230 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4231 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4233 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4234 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4236 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4237 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4239 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4240 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4243 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4244 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4245 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4248 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4249 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4250 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4251 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4254 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4255 the section names themselves. */
4257 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4258 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4260 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4261 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4263 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4264 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4266 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4267 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4269 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4270 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4272 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4273 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4275 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4276 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4278 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4279 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4282 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4283 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4284 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4285 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4286 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4288 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4289 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4290 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4291 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4292 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4293 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4294 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4295 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4296 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4297 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4299 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4300 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4302 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4303 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4305 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4306 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4308 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4309 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4311 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4312 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4314 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4315 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4318 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4319 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4321 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4324 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4326 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4329 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4332 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
4334 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4335 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4336 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4339 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4343 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4345 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4347 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4348 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4349 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4350 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4352 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4353 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4354 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4359 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4362 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
4364 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4366 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4367 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4370 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4373 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4377 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4378 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4379 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4380 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4381 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4382 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4383 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4384 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4385 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4386 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4387 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4388 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4389 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4390 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4392 return "DW_TAG_label";
4393 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4394 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4396 return "DW_TAG_member";
4397 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4398 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4399 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4400 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4401 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4402 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4403 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4404 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4405 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4406 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4407 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4408 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4409 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4410 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4411 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4412 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4413 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4414 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4415 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4416 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4417 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4418 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4419 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4420 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4421 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4422 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4423 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4424 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4426 return "DW_TAG_module";
4427 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4428 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4429 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4430 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4431 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4432 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4433 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4434 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4435 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4436 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4437 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4438 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4439 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4440 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4441 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4442 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4443 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4444 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4445 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4446 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4447 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4448 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4450 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4451 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4452 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4453 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4454 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4455 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4456 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4457 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4458 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4459 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4460 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4461 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4462 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4463 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4464 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4465 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4466 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4467 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4468 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4469 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4470 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4471 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4472 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4473 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4474 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4475 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4476 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4477 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4478 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4479 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4480 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4481 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4482 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4483 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4484 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4485 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4486 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4487 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4488 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4490 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4494 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4497 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4502 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4503 case DW_AT_location
:
4504 return "DW_AT_location";
4506 return "DW_AT_name";
4507 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4508 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4509 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4510 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4511 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4512 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4513 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4514 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4515 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4516 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4517 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4518 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4519 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4520 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4522 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4524 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4525 case DW_AT_language
:
4526 return "DW_AT_language";
4528 return "DW_AT_member";
4530 return "DW_AT_discr";
4531 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4532 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4533 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4534 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4536 return "DW_AT_import";
4537 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4538 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4539 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4540 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4541 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4542 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4543 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4544 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4545 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4546 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4547 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4548 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4550 return "DW_AT_inline";
4551 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4552 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4553 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4554 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4555 case DW_AT_producer
:
4556 return "DW_AT_producer";
4557 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4558 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4559 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4560 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4561 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4562 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4563 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4564 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4565 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4566 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4567 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4568 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4569 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4570 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4571 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4572 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4573 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4574 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4575 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4576 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4577 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4578 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4580 return "DW_AT_count";
4581 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4582 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4583 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4584 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4585 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4586 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4587 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4588 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4589 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4590 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4591 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4592 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4593 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4594 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4595 case DW_AT_external
:
4596 return "DW_AT_external";
4597 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4598 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4600 return "DW_AT_friend";
4601 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4602 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4603 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4604 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4605 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4606 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4607 case DW_AT_priority
:
4608 return "DW_AT_priority";
4610 return "DW_AT_segment";
4611 case DW_AT_specification
:
4612 return "DW_AT_specification";
4613 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4614 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4616 return "DW_AT_type";
4617 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4618 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4619 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4620 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4621 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4622 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4623 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4624 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4626 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4627 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4628 case DW_AT_associated
:
4629 return "DW_AT_associated";
4630 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4631 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4633 return "DW_AT_stride";
4634 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4635 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4636 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4637 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4638 case DW_AT_extension
:
4639 return "DW_AT_extension";
4641 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4642 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4643 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4644 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4645 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4646 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4647 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4648 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4649 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4651 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4652 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4653 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4654 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4655 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4656 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4657 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4658 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4659 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4660 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4661 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4662 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4663 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4664 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4665 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4666 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4667 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4668 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4669 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4670 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4671 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4672 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4674 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4675 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4676 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4677 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4678 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4679 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4680 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4681 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4682 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4683 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4684 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4685 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4686 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4687 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4689 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4690 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4693 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4697 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4700 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4705 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4706 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4707 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4708 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4709 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4711 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4713 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4715 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4716 case DW_FORM_string
:
4717 return "DW_FORM_string";
4719 return "DW_FORM_block";
4720 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4721 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4723 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4725 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4727 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4729 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4731 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4732 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4733 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4735 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4737 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4739 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4741 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4742 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4743 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4744 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4745 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4747 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4751 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4752 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4753 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4754 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4758 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4760 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4763 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4764 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4765 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4766 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4769 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4770 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4771 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4773 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4776 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4777 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4778 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4779 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4783 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4785 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4787 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4788 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4789 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4790 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4793 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4798 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4802 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4803 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4804 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4806 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4808 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4809 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4810 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4811 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4812 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4813 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4814 if (DECL_P (ret_val
))
4815 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val
);
4821 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4822 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4826 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4828 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4830 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4831 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4833 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4834 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4836 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4837 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4842 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4843 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4846 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4848 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4852 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
4853 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
4854 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
4857 static inline enum dw_val_class
4858 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4860 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4863 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4866 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4870 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4871 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4872 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4873 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4876 static inline unsigned
4877 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4879 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4880 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4883 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4886 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4890 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4891 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4892 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4893 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4896 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4897 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4899 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
4900 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4903 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4906 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4907 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4911 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4912 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4913 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4914 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4917 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4918 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4920 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
4921 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4924 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4927 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4928 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4932 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4933 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4934 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4935 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4936 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4939 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4942 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4943 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4947 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4948 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4949 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4950 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4951 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4952 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4955 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4958 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4960 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4964 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4966 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4967 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4970 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4973 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4976 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4979 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4980 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4981 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4983 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4984 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4986 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4987 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4988 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4991 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4992 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4993 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4994 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4997 static inline const char *
4998 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
5000 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5001 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
5004 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5005 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5008 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
5010 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5014 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5016 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
5020 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
5022 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5023 always better to put it inline. */
5024 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
5025 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5027 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5028 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5030 if ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
5031 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
5032 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5034 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
5035 ++dw2_string_counter
;
5036 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
5038 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
5041 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5044 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5048 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5049 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
5050 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
5051 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
5052 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5055 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5056 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5059 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5061 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
5062 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
5063 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
5066 static inline dw_die_ref
5067 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
5069 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5070 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
5074 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
5076 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
5077 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
5083 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
5085 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5086 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
5089 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5092 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
5096 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5097 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
5098 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
5099 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5102 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5105 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5109 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5110 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
5111 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
5112 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5115 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5116 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
5118 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
5119 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
5123 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
5127 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5128 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
5129 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
5130 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5131 have_location_lists
= true;
5134 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5135 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
5137 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
5138 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
5141 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5144 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
5148 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5149 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5150 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5151 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5155 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5157 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5158 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5161 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5164 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5168 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5169 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5170 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5171 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5174 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5175 debug_line section. */
5178 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5183 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5184 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5185 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5186 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5189 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5190 debug_macinfo section. */
5193 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5198 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5199 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5200 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5201 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5204 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5207 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5212 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5213 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5214 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5215 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5218 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5221 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5222 long unsigned int offset
)
5226 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5227 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5228 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5229 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5232 static inline const char *
5233 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5235 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5236 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5237 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
5238 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5241 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5244 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5248 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5253 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5254 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5256 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5257 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5261 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5266 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5267 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5268 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5270 static inline const char *
5271 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5273 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5275 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5278 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5279 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5280 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5282 static inline const char *
5283 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5285 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5287 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5290 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5291 NULL if it is not present. */
5293 static inline const char *
5294 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5296 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5298 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5301 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5302 if it is not present. */
5305 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5307 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5309 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5312 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5313 if it is not present. */
5315 static inline unsigned
5316 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5318 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5320 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5323 static inline dw_die_ref
5324 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5326 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5328 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5331 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5336 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5338 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
5339 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5340 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
5343 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5348 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5350 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
5353 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5358 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5360 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5361 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5362 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5365 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5370 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5372 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5375 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5380 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5382 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5385 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5387 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5389 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5391 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5392 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5393 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5396 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5399 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5407 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5408 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5411 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5413 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
5418 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5421 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5423 dw_die_ref current
, prev
, next
;
5424 current
= die
->die_child
;
5426 while (current
!= NULL
)
5428 if (current
->die_tag
== tag
)
5430 next
= current
->die_sib
;
5432 die
->die_child
= next
;
5434 prev
->die_sib
= next
;
5441 current
= current
->die_sib
;
5446 /* Free up the memory used by DIE, by removing its children and
5447 anything associated with its attributes. DIEs are garbage
5448 collected, so there is no actual freeing to do; the only real work is
5449 to decrease string reference counts. */
5452 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5454 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5456 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5458 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5460 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5464 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5466 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, tmp_die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5473 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5474 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5477 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5479 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5481 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5483 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5484 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5485 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5489 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5490 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5493 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5497 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5498 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5499 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5501 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5507 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5508 || (child
->die_parent
5509 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5511 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5514 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5518 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5519 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5520 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5523 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5525 static inline dw_die_ref
5526 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5528 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5530 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5532 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5533 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5536 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5538 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5539 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5540 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5541 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5542 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5548 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5550 static inline dw_die_ref
5551 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5553 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5556 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5559 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5561 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5564 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5567 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5569 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5572 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5575 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5577 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5580 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5582 static inline dw_die_ref
5583 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5585 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5588 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5591 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5593 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5596 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5600 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5602 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5605 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5607 static inline var_loc_list
*
5608 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5610 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5613 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5616 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5618 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5621 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5623 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5626 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5629 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5631 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5635 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5638 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5639 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5647 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5648 we have nothing to do. */
5649 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5650 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5652 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5653 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5657 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5658 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5665 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5666 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5667 the DIE internal representation. */
5668 static int print_indent
;
5670 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5673 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5675 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5678 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5679 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5682 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5688 print_spaces (outfile
);
5689 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5690 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5691 print_spaces (outfile
);
5692 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5693 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5695 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5697 print_spaces (outfile
);
5698 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5700 switch (AT_class (a
))
5702 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5703 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5705 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5706 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5708 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5709 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5711 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5712 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5713 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5715 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5716 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5718 case dw_val_class_const
:
5719 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5721 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5722 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5724 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5725 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5726 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5727 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5729 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5730 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5732 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5733 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5735 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5736 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5738 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5739 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5741 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5744 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5746 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5747 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5748 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5749 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5751 case dw_val_class_str
:
5752 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5753 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5755 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5761 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5764 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5767 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5768 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5772 if (print_indent
== 0)
5773 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5776 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5777 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5780 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5783 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5785 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5786 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5788 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5789 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5790 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5791 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5792 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5793 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5796 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5799 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5802 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5804 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5807 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5808 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5814 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5815 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5816 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5819 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5820 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5821 they are in order of addition. */
5824 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5826 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5828 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5835 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5838 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5839 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5840 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5841 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5842 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5845 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5849 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5851 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5852 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5855 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5856 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5857 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5860 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5862 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5863 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5865 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5869 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5872 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5874 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5876 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5880 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5881 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5883 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5886 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5888 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5889 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5890 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5893 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5896 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5898 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5901 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5903 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5904 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5905 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5906 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5907 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5910 switch (AT_class (at
))
5912 case dw_val_class_const
:
5913 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5915 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5916 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5918 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5919 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5921 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5922 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
5924 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5925 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5927 case dw_val_class_str
:
5928 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5931 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5933 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5934 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5937 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5938 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5941 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5942 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5943 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5946 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5947 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5950 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5951 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5952 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5953 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5961 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5964 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5970 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5973 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5976 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5978 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5980 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5981 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5983 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5984 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5988 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5990 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5992 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5994 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5995 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5996 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5999 /* Do the values look the same? */
6001 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
6003 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
6006 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
6009 switch (v1
->val_class
)
6011 case dw_val_class_const
:
6012 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
6013 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6014 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
6015 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6016 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
6017 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6018 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6019 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
6020 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
6022 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
6023 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
6026 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6027 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
6028 case dw_val_class_str
:
6029 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6031 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6032 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
6033 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
6034 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
6036 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6037 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
6039 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6040 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
6042 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6043 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
6045 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
6046 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
6048 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
6050 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6051 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
6053 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6054 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6055 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6056 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6064 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6067 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
6069 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
6072 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6073 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
6074 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6075 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6076 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6079 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
6082 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6085 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
6091 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6093 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
6094 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6096 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
6099 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
6100 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
6103 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
6104 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
6107 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
6109 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
6110 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
6118 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6121 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
6124 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
6126 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
6127 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
6132 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6134 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
6136 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6137 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
6139 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6140 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6143 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6145 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6146 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6147 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6150 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6153 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6154 the name filename of the unit. */
6156 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6158 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6159 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6160 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6162 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6163 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6165 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6166 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6168 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6172 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6173 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6176 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6179 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6181 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6183 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6184 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6185 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6186 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6187 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6188 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6189 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6190 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6191 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6192 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6193 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6194 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6195 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6196 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6197 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6198 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6199 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6200 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6207 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6208 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6209 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6210 compilations (functions). */
6213 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6215 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6216 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6217 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6218 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6220 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6223 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6224 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6225 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6226 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6228 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6230 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6233 return is_type_die (c
);
6236 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6237 compilation unit. */
6240 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6242 return (is_type_die (c
)
6243 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6244 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
6245 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
6249 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6253 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6254 return xstrdup (buf
);
6257 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6260 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6264 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6266 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6268 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6270 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6271 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6272 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6275 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6278 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6279 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6282 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6285 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6286 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6289 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6291 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6293 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6295 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6299 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6301 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6302 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6304 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6308 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6310 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6320 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6323 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6325 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6326 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6328 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6330 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6331 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6335 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6337 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6343 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6347 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
6349 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6350 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6356 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6358 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6360 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6362 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6363 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6367 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6370 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6371 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6372 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6375 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6378 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6379 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6380 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6382 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6384 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6386 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6387 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6389 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6392 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6394 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6397 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6399 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6403 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6407 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6408 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6414 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6415 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6419 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6420 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6421 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6427 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6428 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6429 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6430 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6432 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6435 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6436 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6437 comdat_symbol_number
);
6440 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6443 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6444 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6445 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6448 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6452 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6453 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6454 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6455 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6457 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6458 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6461 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6464 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6470 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6471 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6472 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
6474 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6475 output_location_lists (c
);
6479 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6480 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6481 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6482 die are visited recursively. */
6485 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6487 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6488 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6493 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6494 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6495 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6496 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6497 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
6499 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
6501 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
6504 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6506 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6507 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
6511 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
6513 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6516 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
6517 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
6520 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
6522 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
6523 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
6524 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
6534 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6536 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6538 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6539 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6540 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6542 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6543 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6544 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6547 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6548 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6551 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6552 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6553 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6556 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6559 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6566 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6569 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6574 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6575 .debug_info section. */
6577 static unsigned long
6578 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6580 unsigned long size
= 0;
6584 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6585 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6587 switch (AT_class (a
))
6589 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6590 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6592 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6593 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6595 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6597 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6600 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6604 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6605 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6607 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6608 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6610 case dw_val_class_const
:
6611 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6613 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6614 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6616 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6617 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6619 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6620 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6621 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6623 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6626 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6627 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6628 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6630 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6632 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6633 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6635 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6636 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6638 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6639 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6640 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6642 case dw_val_class_str
:
6643 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6644 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6646 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6656 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6657 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6658 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6659 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6662 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6666 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6667 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6669 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6672 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6673 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6674 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6677 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6678 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6679 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6680 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6683 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6687 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6690 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6694 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6697 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6701 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
6704 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6708 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6711 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6721 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6722 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6724 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6725 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6726 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6729 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6730 compilation unit. */
6732 static unsigned long
6733 size_of_pubnames (void)
6738 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6739 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6741 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6742 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6745 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6749 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6751 static unsigned long
6752 size_of_aranges (void)
6756 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6758 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6759 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6760 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6762 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6763 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6767 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6769 static enum dwarf_form
6770 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6772 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6774 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6775 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6776 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6777 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6778 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6779 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
6782 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6784 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6788 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6789 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6792 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6794 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6798 case dw_val_class_const
:
6799 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6800 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6801 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6804 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6806 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6808 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6810 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6814 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6815 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6816 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6817 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6818 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6819 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6820 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6821 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6822 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6825 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6826 return DW_FORM_data
;
6827 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6828 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6829 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6830 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6831 return DW_FORM_data
;
6832 case dw_val_class_str
:
6833 return AT_string_form (a
);
6840 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6843 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6845 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6850 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6854 output_abbrev_section (void)
6856 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6858 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6860 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6865 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6866 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6868 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6869 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6871 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6873 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
6876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6877 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6878 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6881 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6882 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6885 /* Terminate the table. */
6886 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6889 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6892 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6894 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6899 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6900 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6901 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6903 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6905 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6908 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6909 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6910 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6912 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6913 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6914 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6916 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6918 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6920 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6921 retlist
->section
= section
;
6923 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6928 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6931 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6932 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6933 const char *section
)
6937 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6938 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6941 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6942 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6946 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6952 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
6953 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
6954 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= cfun
->hot_section_label
;
6955 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= cfun
->hot_section_end_label
;
6956 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
6957 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= cfun
->cold_section_end_label
;
6958 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
6961 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6964 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6966 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6970 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6971 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6974 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
6976 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6977 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6978 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6979 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6980 "Location list end address (%s)",
6981 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
6986 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6987 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6988 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
6989 "Location list end address (%s)",
6990 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6992 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6994 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6995 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
6996 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6998 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
7001 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7002 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7003 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7004 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7005 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7006 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7009 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7010 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7013 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7020 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7021 them to point to. */
7022 if (die
->die_symbol
)
7023 output_die_symbol (die
);
7025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7026 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7028 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7030 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
7032 switch (AT_class (a
))
7034 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7035 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
7038 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7039 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
7043 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7045 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
7047 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
7048 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7049 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
7050 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
7055 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7056 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
7058 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7059 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
7061 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
7064 case dw_val_class_const
:
7065 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7066 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7067 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7068 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
7071 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7072 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
7073 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
7076 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7078 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
7080 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7081 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7084 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
7086 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7087 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7091 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7092 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7095 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7096 first
, "long long constant");
7097 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7102 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7104 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
7105 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
7109 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
7110 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
7115 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
7118 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
7119 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
7123 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7124 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
7127 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7129 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
7132 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
7137 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7138 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7140 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
7143 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, debug_info_section
,
7148 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7149 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
7154 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7158 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
7159 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
7160 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
7165 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7166 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7169 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7170 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7171 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
7174 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7175 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7176 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
7179 case dw_val_class_str
:
7180 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7181 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7182 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7184 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7186 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7194 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
7197 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7198 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7199 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7203 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7204 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7207 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7209 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7210 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7211 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7212 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7213 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7214 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7215 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7216 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7217 debug_abbrev_section
,
7218 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7219 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7222 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7225 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7227 const char *secname
;
7230 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7231 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7234 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7235 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7236 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7237 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7238 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7241 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7243 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7244 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7245 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7247 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7250 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7252 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7254 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7255 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
7258 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
7260 /* Output debugging information. */
7261 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7264 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7269 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7273 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7274 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7275 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7278 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7280 return lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7283 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7286 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7290 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7293 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7295 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7297 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7298 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7299 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7300 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7303 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7305 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7308 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7309 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7310 visible procedures. */
7313 output_pubnames (void)
7316 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7318 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7319 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7320 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7321 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7322 "Length of Public Names Info");
7323 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7324 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7326 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7327 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7328 "Compilation Unit Length");
7330 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7332 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7334 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7335 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
7337 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7340 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7346 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7349 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7351 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7354 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7356 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7357 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7358 (arange_table_allocated
7359 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7360 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7361 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7364 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7367 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7368 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7369 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7372 output_aranges (void)
7375 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7377 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7378 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7379 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7380 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7381 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7382 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7383 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7385 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7389 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7390 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7392 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7394 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7395 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7396 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7397 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7400 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7401 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7402 text_section_label
, "Length");
7403 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
7405 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
7407 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
7408 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
7411 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7413 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7415 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7416 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7418 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7420 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7422 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7423 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7427 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7428 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7429 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7430 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7431 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7433 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7436 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
7438 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7439 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7440 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7441 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7446 /* Output the terminator words. */
7447 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7448 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7451 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7455 add_ranges (tree block
)
7457 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7459 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7461 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7463 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7464 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7465 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7466 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7469 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7470 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7472 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7476 output_ranges (void)
7479 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7480 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7482 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7484 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7488 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7489 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7491 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7494 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7495 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7496 base of the text section. */
7497 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7499 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7501 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7502 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7503 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7506 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7507 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7508 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7509 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7512 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7513 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7514 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7521 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7522 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7528 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7531 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7532 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7533 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7534 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7535 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7538 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7542 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7543 int length
; /* Path length. */
7544 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7545 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7546 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7547 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7550 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7551 the directories in the path. */
7554 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7556 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7557 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7561 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7562 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7563 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7564 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7565 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7566 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7567 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7569 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7570 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7576 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7577 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7578 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7579 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7580 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7582 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7583 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7588 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7589 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7590 slowdowns with many input files. */
7593 output_file_names (void)
7595 struct file_info
*files
;
7596 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7605 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7606 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7608 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7613 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7614 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7615 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7617 /* Sort the file names. */
7618 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7622 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7623 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7624 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7627 /* Create a new array entry. */
7629 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7630 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7632 /* Search for the file name part. */
7633 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7634 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7637 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7638 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7640 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7641 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7642 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7643 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7645 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7647 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7650 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7651 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7652 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7653 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7655 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7656 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7657 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7663 /* This is a new directory. */
7664 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7665 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7666 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7667 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7668 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7669 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7671 /* Search for a prefix. */
7672 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7673 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7674 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7675 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7676 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7677 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7678 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7679 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7684 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7685 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7686 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7687 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7688 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7689 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7690 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7691 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7693 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7694 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7699 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7700 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7701 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7702 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7704 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7707 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7709 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7714 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7719 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7720 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7722 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7723 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7728 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7730 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7732 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7733 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7734 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7736 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7737 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7739 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7740 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7745 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7746 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7747 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7748 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7749 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7751 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7753 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7754 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7757 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7758 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7759 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7760 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7761 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7763 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7764 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7765 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7767 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7768 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7769 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7772 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7774 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7776 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7779 /* Now write all the file names. */
7780 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7782 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7783 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7785 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7786 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7788 /* Include directory index. */
7789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7791 /* Modification time. */
7792 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7794 /* File length in bytes. */
7795 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7802 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7803 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7806 output_line_info (void)
7808 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7809 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7810 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7813 unsigned long lt_index
;
7814 unsigned long current_line
;
7817 unsigned long current_file
;
7818 unsigned long function
;
7820 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7821 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7822 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7823 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7825 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7826 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7827 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7828 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7829 "Length of Source Line Info");
7830 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7832 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7833 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7834 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7836 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7837 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7838 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7839 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7840 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7841 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7842 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7843 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7845 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7848 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7849 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7850 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7852 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7854 "Special Opcode Base");
7856 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7860 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7861 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7862 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7863 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7864 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7872 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7876 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7877 output_file_names ();
7878 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7880 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7881 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7882 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7884 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7885 a series of state machine operations. */
7889 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
7890 strcpy (prev_line_label
, cfun
->cold_section_label
);
7892 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7893 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7895 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7898 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7899 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7902 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7903 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7904 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7905 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7906 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7910 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7912 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7913 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7914 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7915 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7916 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7917 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7919 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7922 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7924 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7925 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7929 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7930 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7931 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7932 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7933 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7934 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7937 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7939 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7940 different from the previous line. */
7941 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7943 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7945 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7946 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7950 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7951 that uses the least amount of space. */
7952 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7954 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7955 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7956 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7957 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7958 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7959 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7962 "line %lu", current_line
);
7965 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7966 depending on the value being encoded. */
7967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7968 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7969 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7974 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7975 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7978 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7981 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7982 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7983 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7990 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7995 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8000 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
8002 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8003 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8006 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8007 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8008 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
8009 && line_info
->function
== function
)
8013 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8014 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8015 to handle it differently. */
8016 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
8018 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
8020 function
= line_info
->function
;
8022 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8026 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8030 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8034 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8035 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8040 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8042 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8046 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8048 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8049 different from the previous line. */
8050 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8052 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8054 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
8055 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
8059 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8060 that uses the least amount of space. */
8061 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8063 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8064 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8065 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8066 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8068 "line %lu", current_line
);
8071 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8072 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8073 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8086 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8087 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
8088 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
8093 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
8097 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8098 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8099 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8103 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8104 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8106 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8109 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8116 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8117 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
8120 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8121 a DIE that describes the given type.
8123 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8124 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8127 base_type_die (tree type
)
8129 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
8130 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
8132 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
8135 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8138 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
8140 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8141 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
8143 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
8145 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8146 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
8148 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
8152 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
8153 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
8155 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
8158 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8159 a user defined type for it. */
8161 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8162 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8164 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8168 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8169 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8173 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8177 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8179 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8180 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
8181 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
8183 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8184 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8185 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8187 return base_type_result
;
8190 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8191 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8192 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8193 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8194 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8195 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8196 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8197 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8200 root_type (tree type
)
8202 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8203 return error_mark_node
;
8205 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8208 return error_mark_node
;
8211 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8212 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
8215 return type_main_variant (type
);
8219 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8220 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8223 is_base_type (tree type
)
8225 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8238 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8243 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8256 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8257 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8258 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8259 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8262 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8263 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
8265 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8266 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8267 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8269 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8270 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8272 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8275 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8276 emitted as a subrange type. */
8279 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
8281 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8283 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8284 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8285 or an enumeral type. */
8287 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8288 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8291 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8292 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8295 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8296 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8297 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8298 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8299 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8300 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8301 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8302 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8304 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8305 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8306 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8307 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8308 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8309 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8310 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8311 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8312 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8313 keep checking the actual size. */
8314 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8315 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8317 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8318 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8320 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8321 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8323 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8330 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8331 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8334 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8336 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8337 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8339 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8340 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8342 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8344 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
8346 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8347 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8348 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8351 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8352 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8353 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8354 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8355 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8356 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8358 return subrange_die
;
8361 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8362 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8365 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8366 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8368 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8369 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
8370 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8371 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8372 tree qualified_type
;
8375 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
8378 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8381 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8382 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8383 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8385 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8388 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8390 return mod_type_die
;
8393 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
8395 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8396 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
8398 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
8400 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8402 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8403 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8404 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8406 else if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
8407 && (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8408 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)))
8409 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8410 type to which it refers. */
8411 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
8412 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8414 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8419 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8420 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8422 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8424 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8425 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8427 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8429 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8430 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8431 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8432 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8434 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8436 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8437 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8438 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8439 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8441 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8443 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8444 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8446 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8447 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8450 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8452 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8453 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8454 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8455 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8456 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8458 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8459 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8461 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8462 not the main variant. */
8463 return lookup_type_die (type
);
8466 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8467 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8468 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8470 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
))
8472 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8473 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8474 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8475 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8476 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8477 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8481 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
8484 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8485 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8486 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8487 types are possible in Ada. */
8488 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8489 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8490 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8493 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8494 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8496 return mod_type_die
;
8499 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8500 an enumerated type. */
8503 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8505 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8508 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8511 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8513 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8515 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
8517 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8518 regno
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
8521 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8524 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8525 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8526 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8529 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
8531 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8533 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
8535 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8536 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8539 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
8540 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
8544 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8545 zero if there is none. */
8547 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8548 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8552 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8555 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8557 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
8558 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8560 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8563 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8564 a given hard register number. */
8566 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8567 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8570 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8572 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8575 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8576 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8578 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8579 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8583 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8586 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8587 reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
8589 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8590 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8592 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8593 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8595 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8602 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
));
8603 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8604 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8610 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8612 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
8614 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8617 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8621 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8622 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8623 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8624 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8629 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8631 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8632 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8634 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8636 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8637 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8641 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8644 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8646 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8656 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8658 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8659 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8665 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8668 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8670 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8671 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8675 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8676 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8677 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8678 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8679 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
8681 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
8685 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
8687 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
8688 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
8690 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8691 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
8692 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
8694 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8698 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
8700 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
, offset
, 0);
8702 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
8705 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8708 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8710 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8711 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8712 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8713 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8716 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8717 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8718 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8719 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8721 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8722 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8723 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8724 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8726 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8727 autoincrement addressing modes.
8729 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8730 location list for RTL.
8732 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8734 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8735 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8737 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8738 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8740 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8741 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8742 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8743 zeroth element of the array. */
8745 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
8747 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8752 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8753 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8755 /* ... fall through ... */
8758 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8759 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8760 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8761 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8762 contains the given subreg. */
8763 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8765 /* ... fall through ... */
8768 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8769 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8770 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8771 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8772 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8773 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8774 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8775 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8776 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8777 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8778 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8779 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8780 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8781 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8782 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0);
8786 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8787 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8788 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8792 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8794 /* ... fall through ... */
8797 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8798 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8802 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8803 by a different symbol. */
8804 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8807 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8809 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8812 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8813 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8818 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8819 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8820 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8821 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8826 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8827 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8828 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8829 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
8833 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8835 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8840 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8842 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8843 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8844 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8845 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8847 /* ... fall through ... */
8851 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8852 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8853 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8856 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8857 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8860 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8861 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8862 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8863 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8864 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8867 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8868 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8869 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8870 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8875 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8876 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8895 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8896 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8898 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8901 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8902 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8903 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8908 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8915 return mem_loc_result
;
8918 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8919 This is typically a complex variable. */
8921 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8922 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8924 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8925 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8926 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8928 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8931 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8932 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
8934 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8935 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
8937 return cc_loc_result
;
8940 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8941 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8942 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8943 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8944 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8946 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8948 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8949 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8951 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8953 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8956 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8957 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8958 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8959 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8960 contains the given subreg. */
8961 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8963 /* ... fall through ... */
8966 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8970 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8974 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8979 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
8981 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0));
8985 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8990 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
8991 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
8992 enum machine_mode mode
;
8995 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8996 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8997 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8998 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
8999 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9001 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9003 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9004 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
9005 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9006 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9018 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9019 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9020 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9021 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9022 the value of LOC. */
9024 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9025 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
9027 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
9028 int have_address
= 0;
9029 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9031 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9032 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9035 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
9040 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
9041 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9042 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9043 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9044 the names of types. */
9050 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9051 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9052 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9053 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9054 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9058 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9062 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9063 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
9066 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
9070 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9071 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
9074 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9075 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9076 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
9079 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9080 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9085 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9086 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9089 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
9090 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9091 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9093 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
9094 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9102 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
9103 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
9109 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9111 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9113 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
9115 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9116 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
9117 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
9118 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
9120 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
9122 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9124 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
9125 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9126 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9130 enum machine_mode mode
;
9132 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9133 if (want_address
== 2)
9134 return loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9136 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9139 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9142 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9148 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9153 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
9157 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9158 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9161 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
9166 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
9169 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
9170 enum machine_mode mode
;
9172 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9174 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
9175 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
9180 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
9182 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9185 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9187 /* Variable offset. */
9188 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0));
9189 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9192 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9194 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9195 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9197 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9198 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9206 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9207 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9214 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9215 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9216 enum machine_mode mode
;
9218 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
9220 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9221 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9222 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9227 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9228 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9233 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9239 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9244 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9246 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9247 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9255 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9257 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9258 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9271 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9275 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9276 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9278 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9282 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9283 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9284 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9294 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9301 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9308 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9315 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9330 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9331 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9332 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9335 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9336 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9339 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9353 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9357 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9363 const enum tree_code code
=
9364 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9366 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9367 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
9368 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9369 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9372 /* ... fall through ... */
9376 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9377 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9378 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9379 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9380 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9382 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9383 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9386 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9387 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9389 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9390 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9391 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9393 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9394 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9395 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9397 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9398 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9399 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9400 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9401 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9405 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
9407 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR
:
9408 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR
:
9412 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9413 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9414 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9415 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9418 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9419 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9420 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9423 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9424 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9429 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9430 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
9433 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9434 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
9436 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9438 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9440 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9443 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9445 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9451 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9452 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
9454 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
9457 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9458 which is not less than the value itself. */
9460 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9461 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9463 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9466 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9467 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9468 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9472 field_type (tree decl
)
9476 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9477 return integer_type_node
;
9479 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9480 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9481 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9486 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9487 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9488 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9490 static inline unsigned
9491 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9493 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9496 static inline unsigned
9497 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9499 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9502 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9503 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9504 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9505 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9506 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9509 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9510 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9512 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9513 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9514 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9515 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9517 tree field_size_tree
;
9518 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9519 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9520 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9522 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9525 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
9527 type
= field_type (decl
);
9528 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9530 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9531 a flexible array member. */
9532 if (! field_size_tree
)
9533 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9535 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9536 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9537 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9538 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9541 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9543 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9544 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9545 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9547 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9549 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9550 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9551 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9553 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9554 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9555 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9556 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9557 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9558 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9559 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9560 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9562 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9564 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9565 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9566 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9567 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9568 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9569 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9570 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9571 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9572 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9573 bits of the bit-field itself.
9575 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9576 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9577 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9578 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9579 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9580 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9581 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9582 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9583 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9585 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9586 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9587 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9588 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9589 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9590 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9592 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9593 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9594 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9596 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9597 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9598 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9600 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9601 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9602 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9603 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9605 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9607 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9608 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9610 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9611 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9612 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9613 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9616 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9619 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9620 associated with them. */
9622 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9624 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9625 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9626 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9629 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9630 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9633 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9636 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9637 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9638 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9639 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9640 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9641 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9644 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9645 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9646 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9647 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9648 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9649 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9650 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9651 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9652 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9656 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9658 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9659 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9661 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
9663 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9664 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9666 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9667 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9668 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9669 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9671 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9673 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9675 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9677 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9678 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9679 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9681 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9682 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9683 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9685 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9686 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9687 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
9689 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9690 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9691 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9692 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9694 /* Extract the offset. */
9695 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9696 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9698 /* Add it to the object address. */
9699 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9700 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9703 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9706 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9710 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9712 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9713 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9714 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9716 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9717 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9718 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9722 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9725 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9728 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9731 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9734 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
9738 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
9744 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9746 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9747 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
9749 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
9755 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
9761 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9764 insert_float (rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
9770 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9771 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
9773 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9774 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
9776 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
9781 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9782 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9783 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9784 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9785 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9788 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9790 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9794 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9797 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9799 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9804 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9805 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9806 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9807 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9809 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9811 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
9813 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
9814 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
9816 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
9817 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
9821 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9822 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
9824 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9825 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9832 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9833 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
9834 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
9835 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
9839 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
9841 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
9842 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9844 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9845 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
9847 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
9855 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
9856 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
9863 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
9864 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
9867 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
9868 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
9870 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
9871 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9876 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
9877 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
9882 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
9883 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9885 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9886 insert_float (elt
, p
);
9894 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
9899 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9905 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9906 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
9910 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9911 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9912 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9913 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9914 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9915 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9916 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9917 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9918 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9919 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9920 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9924 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9930 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
9931 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
9934 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
9935 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9937 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
9940 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
9941 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
9947 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9948 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9951 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
9955 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9956 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9957 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9959 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9960 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9961 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9963 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9965 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9966 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9967 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9968 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9969 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9970 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
9971 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
9973 /* Although DWARF could easily handle other kinds of aggregates, we
9974 have no way to represent such values as RTL constants, so skip
9976 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
9978 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9979 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
9980 reference variables which won't be output. */
9981 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
9982 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
9984 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9986 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9987 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
9993 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9996 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
10000 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10001 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10002 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10004 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10005 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10006 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10007 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10008 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10009 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10010 referenced within the function.
10012 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10013 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10014 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10015 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10017 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10018 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10019 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10020 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10021 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10022 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10024 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10025 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10026 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10027 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10028 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10029 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10030 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10031 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10032 output at debug-time.
10034 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10035 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10036 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10037 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10038 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10039 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10040 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10041 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10042 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10043 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10044 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10045 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10046 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10048 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10049 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10050 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10051 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10052 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10053 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10054 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10055 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10056 I'd like to fix it.
10058 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10059 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10060 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10061 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10062 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10063 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10064 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10065 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10066 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10067 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10068 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10070 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10071 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10073 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10074 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10075 fixed registers. */
10076 if (! reload_completed
)
10079 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
10081 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
10083 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10084 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
10086 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10091 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
10093 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
10095 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10096 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
10097 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
10098 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
10100 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10101 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10102 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10103 if (dmode
== pmode
)
10104 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10105 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
10106 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10107 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10109 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10112 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
10114 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10115 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
10116 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10117 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
10124 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10125 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10126 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10127 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10128 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10129 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10131 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
10132 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
10133 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10134 /* Not passed in memory. */
10135 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10136 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10137 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10138 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10139 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10140 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10141 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10144 /* Big endian correction check. */
10145 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10146 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
10147 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
10150 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
10151 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
10153 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10154 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
10157 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10160 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10161 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10163 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
10164 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
10166 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10167 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10168 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10169 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10170 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10171 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10173 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10174 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
10177 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10178 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10179 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10180 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10181 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10184 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10186 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10187 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10188 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10190 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
10195 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10196 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10197 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10198 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10199 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10200 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10202 static const char *
10203 secname_for_decl (tree decl
)
10205 const char *secname
;
10207 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10209 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10210 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10212 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10214 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10215 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10217 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
10218 secname
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
10220 secname
= text_section_label
;
10225 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10226 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10227 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10228 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10229 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10230 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10231 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10232 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10233 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10234 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10237 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
10238 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
10241 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
10242 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
10243 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10244 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10247 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
10248 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
10250 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10251 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
10253 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10255 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
10257 const char *endname
, *secname
;
10258 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10261 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10262 actually construct the list of locations.
10263 The first location information is what is passed to the
10264 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10265 locations just get added on to that list.
10266 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10267 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10268 the range [current location start, next location start].
10269 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10270 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10272 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10273 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10274 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
10276 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10277 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10280 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10281 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10283 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10284 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10285 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10286 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10287 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10290 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10291 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10292 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10294 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10296 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10297 if (!current_function_decl
)
10298 endname
= text_end_label
;
10301 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10302 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10303 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10305 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10306 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10309 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10310 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10314 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10317 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10318 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
10320 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10324 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10325 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10326 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10327 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
10329 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10330 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
));
10333 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10338 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10339 description from the tree. */
10340 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
10343 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10346 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10347 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10348 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
10351 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10352 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10353 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10356 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10358 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10359 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10362 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
10367 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
10369 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
10372 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10373 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10374 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10375 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10378 static dw_loc_list_ref
10379 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10382 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
10384 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
10385 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
10387 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
10389 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
10393 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
10394 next_cfa
.offset
= 0;
10395 next_cfa
.indirect
= 0;
10396 next_cfa
.base_offset
= 0;
10398 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
10400 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10401 advance opcodes. */
10402 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10403 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10405 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10406 last_label
= start_label
;
10408 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10409 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
10411 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
10412 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
10413 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
10414 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10416 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10417 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10420 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10421 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10422 start_label
= last_label
;
10424 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
10427 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
10428 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10429 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
10430 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
10431 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10432 if it were to be required. */
10433 gcc_unreachable ();
10436 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10440 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10442 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10443 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10445 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10446 start_label
= last_label
;
10448 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
10449 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
10455 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10456 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10457 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10458 before the latter is negated. */
10461 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10465 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10466 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10467 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10469 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10470 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10473 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10474 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10476 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10477 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10479 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10480 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
10482 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
10485 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10486 the value of the attribute. */
10489 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
10491 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
10493 if (demangle_name_func
)
10494 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
10496 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
10500 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10503 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
10505 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
10507 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10510 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10511 a representation for that bound. */
10514 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
10516 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
10521 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10523 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
10524 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
10525 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
10526 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
10527 /* Use the default. */
10530 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
10535 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
10536 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10537 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
10547 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
10549 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10550 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10551 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10552 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10553 later parameter. */
10554 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
10555 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10561 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10562 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10564 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
10565 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10567 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
10571 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
10572 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
10574 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
10576 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
10577 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10578 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
10579 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
10581 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10587 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10588 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10591 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10593 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10594 unsigned dimension_number
;
10597 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10599 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10600 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10601 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10602 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10603 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10604 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10605 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10606 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10608 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10609 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10610 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10611 gen_array_type_die. */
10612 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10613 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10614 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10615 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10618 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10620 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10621 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10623 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10626 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10627 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10628 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10630 /* Define the index type. */
10631 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10633 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10634 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10635 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10636 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10637 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10638 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10639 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10642 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10646 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10647 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10649 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10650 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10651 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10653 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10655 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10658 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10659 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10665 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10669 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10674 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10677 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10678 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10681 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10682 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10683 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10684 even for bit-fields. */
10685 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10688 gcc_unreachable ();
10691 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10692 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10693 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10694 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10695 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10698 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10699 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10700 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10703 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10704 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10705 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10706 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10707 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10708 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10710 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10711 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10712 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10715 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10717 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10718 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10719 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10720 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10721 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10722 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10724 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10725 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
10727 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10728 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10729 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10730 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10731 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10734 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10736 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10737 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10738 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10739 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10740 below must take account of these differences. */
10741 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10742 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10744 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10746 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10747 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10751 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10752 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10753 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10755 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10758 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10759 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10762 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10764 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10765 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
10766 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
10768 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10769 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10772 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10773 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10776 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10778 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10779 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10780 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10783 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10784 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10788 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10790 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10792 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10794 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10795 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10796 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10798 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10799 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10803 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10805 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10807 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10810 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10811 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10812 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10813 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10815 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10816 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10817 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10818 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10819 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10820 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10821 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10825 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10828 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10831 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
10833 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10835 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10837 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10838 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10839 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10840 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10843 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10844 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10845 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10846 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10850 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10853 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10855 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
10856 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
10858 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10859 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
10862 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10863 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10866 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10870 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10871 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10873 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10874 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10875 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10877 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10878 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10879 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10880 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
10881 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
)))
10882 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10883 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10886 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10887 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10888 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10889 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10891 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10892 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10893 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10898 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10901 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10903 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10906 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10909 pop_decl_scope (void)
10911 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
10914 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10915 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10916 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10917 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10918 the current active scope. */
10921 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10923 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10924 tree containing_scope
;
10927 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10928 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
10930 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10932 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10933 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10935 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10938 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10941 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10942 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10943 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10944 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10945 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10947 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10948 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10949 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10951 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10952 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10953 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10954 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10955 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10960 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10961 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
10963 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10964 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10967 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10970 scope_die
= context_die
;
10975 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10978 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10980 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10981 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10982 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10988 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10989 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10992 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10994 return (context_die
10995 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10996 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10997 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
11000 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11001 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11002 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11005 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
11006 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11008 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11009 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
11011 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11012 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11013 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11014 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11015 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
11016 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
11017 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11019 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
11020 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11021 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11022 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11023 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
11026 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
11027 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
11028 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
11031 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
11032 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
11035 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11036 function call type. */
11038 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree type
)
11040 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
11042 value
= targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (type
);
11044 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11045 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11046 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
11047 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
11050 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11051 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11052 was declared without a tag. */
11054 static const char *
11055 type_tag (tree type
)
11057 const char *name
= 0;
11059 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
11063 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11064 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11065 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
11067 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11068 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11070 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11071 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11072 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
11074 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11076 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
11079 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
11082 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11083 for bit field types. */
11086 member_declared_type (tree member
)
11088 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
11089 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
11092 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11093 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11096 static const char *
11097 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
11100 const char *fnname
;
11102 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11103 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
11106 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
11108 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
11113 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11114 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11115 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11118 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11120 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11121 dw_die_ref array_die
;
11124 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11125 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11126 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11127 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11128 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11131 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
11132 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
11133 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
11135 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
11137 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11138 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11139 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
11140 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
11144 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11145 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11146 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11147 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11148 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11149 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11150 for multidimensional arrays. */
11151 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
11154 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11155 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11156 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11157 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
11158 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11161 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
11163 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11164 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11166 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11167 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11168 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11169 add_subscript_info. */
11170 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11171 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11172 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
11174 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
11177 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11182 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11184 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11185 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
11187 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11188 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
11191 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11192 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11193 0, 0, context_die
);
11196 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11197 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
11199 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
11203 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11204 emit full debugging info for them. */
11207 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11211 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
11212 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
11215 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11218 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11220 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
11222 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11223 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11224 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11227 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11230 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11232 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
11234 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11235 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11236 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11239 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11242 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11244 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
11246 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11247 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11248 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11251 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11252 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11253 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11257 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11259 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11261 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11263 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
11264 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11265 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11266 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11268 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11271 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11273 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11274 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11275 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11276 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11280 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11281 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11282 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11283 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11285 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11286 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11287 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11288 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
11290 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
11291 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11293 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
11294 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11296 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
11297 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
11299 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
11300 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11301 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11302 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11303 values as if they were signed. That means that
11304 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11305 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11306 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11307 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
11311 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11316 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11317 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11320 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11321 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11322 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11323 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11324 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11325 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11326 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11327 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11330 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11332 dw_die_ref parm_die
11333 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
11336 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
11338 case tcc_declaration
:
11339 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
11340 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11341 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
11344 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
11345 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
11346 TREE_READONLY (node
),
11347 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
11349 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
11350 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11353 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
11354 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
11355 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
11360 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11361 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11365 gcc_unreachable ();
11371 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11372 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11375 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11377 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
11380 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11381 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11382 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11383 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11386 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11389 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
11390 tree first_parm_type
;
11393 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11395 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
11396 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
11401 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11403 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11404 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11405 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
11407 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
11409 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11410 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
11413 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11414 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
11415 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
11416 && link
== first_parm_type
)
11417 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
11418 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11420 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
11422 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
11425 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11426 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11427 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
11428 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
11430 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11431 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11432 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11433 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
11434 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11435 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
11438 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11439 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11440 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11441 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11442 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11445 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11447 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11449 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11450 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11451 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
11452 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
11454 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11455 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
11457 push_decl_scope (type
);
11458 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11459 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11460 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
11461 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
11463 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11464 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11465 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
11466 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
11467 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
11469 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
11470 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
11474 gen_variable_die (member
, type_die
);
11480 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11481 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11484 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
11486 dw_die_ref old_die
;
11489 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
11491 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11492 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
11494 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11495 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11496 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11499 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11500 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11501 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11503 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11505 gen_type_die_for_member
11506 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
11509 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11510 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11511 current_function_decl
= decl
;
11513 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
11514 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11515 if (! was_abstract
)
11516 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
11518 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11521 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11522 htab_traverse_resize().
11524 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11525 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11527 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11533 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11535 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
11539 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11541 premark_used_types (void)
11543 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
11544 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
11547 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11551 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11553 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11554 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11555 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
11558 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11559 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
11560 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11562 premark_used_types();
11564 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11565 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11566 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11567 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11568 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11570 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11571 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
11574 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
11577 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11578 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11579 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
11580 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11581 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11582 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11583 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
11585 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11587 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
11589 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11590 inline function. */
11591 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11592 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
11594 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11595 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
11599 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11600 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11602 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
11603 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11604 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11605 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11606 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11608 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11609 something we have already output. */
11613 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11614 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11615 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11616 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11617 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11618 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11619 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11620 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
11621 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11622 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
11623 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11624 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
11626 subr_die
= old_die
;
11628 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11629 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11630 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11631 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11632 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11633 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11634 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11638 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11639 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11640 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11641 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11642 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11643 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11645 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11650 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11652 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11653 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11655 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11656 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11658 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11659 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11660 0, 0, context_die
);
11663 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11664 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11665 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11667 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11668 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11669 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11670 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11675 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11677 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11679 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11680 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11681 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11682 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11684 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11685 later reused to represent definition. */
11686 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11689 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11691 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11693 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11694 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11696 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11700 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11701 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11703 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11706 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11708 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11710 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
11712 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11713 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11715 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
11717 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11718 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11719 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11720 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11721 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11722 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11724 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11725 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11728 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11729 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11730 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11732 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11733 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11734 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11735 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11737 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11738 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11739 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11743 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11744 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11745 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11748 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
11750 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11751 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11752 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11753 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11754 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11755 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11756 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11758 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11759 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11760 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11761 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11763 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
11764 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
11765 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
11767 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
11770 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11771 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11772 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11773 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11774 by this displacement. */
11775 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
11777 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
11778 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11779 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
11782 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11783 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11784 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11785 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11786 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11787 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11788 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11789 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11790 an ellipsis at the end. */
11792 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11793 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11794 its formal parameters. */
11795 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11797 else if (declaration
)
11798 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11801 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11802 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11805 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11806 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11807 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11808 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11810 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11811 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11812 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11813 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11815 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11818 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11819 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11820 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11821 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11822 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11823 parameters at all. */
11824 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11825 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11827 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11828 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11829 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11831 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11832 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11835 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11836 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11837 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11839 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11840 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11841 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11842 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11843 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11844 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11845 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11847 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11848 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11849 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11850 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11851 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11852 constructor function. */
11853 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11855 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11856 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
11857 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
11859 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11860 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11862 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11863 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11865 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11866 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11868 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11869 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11874 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11875 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11879 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11882 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11884 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11885 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11887 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11888 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11889 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11890 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11891 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11892 the program. For example, consider the C++
11896 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11901 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11903 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11904 definition is required, so the compiler will
11905 not emit a definition. */
11906 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
11907 && DECL_COMDAT (decl
) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11908 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11910 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11911 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11913 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11914 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11916 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11917 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11920 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11922 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11923 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11924 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11926 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
11927 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11929 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11930 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
11931 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11933 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11934 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11936 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11937 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11939 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11940 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11942 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11947 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11948 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11949 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11951 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11952 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11954 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11955 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11957 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11958 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11959 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11960 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11964 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11966 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
11967 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11969 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11971 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
11972 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11975 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11978 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11981 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11983 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11984 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11986 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11988 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11989 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11991 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11993 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11994 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11997 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11999 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12000 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12001 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12005 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
12007 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12008 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12009 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12010 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12011 it if it ever does happen. */
12012 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
12014 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
12015 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12020 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12021 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12022 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12025 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12027 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
12028 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
12030 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, file_index
);
12031 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
12034 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12035 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12038 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12040 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12042 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
12046 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
12048 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
12051 add_ranges (chain
);
12052 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
12059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12060 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12061 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12062 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
12063 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12064 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
12068 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12071 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12073 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
12075 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12076 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
12078 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
12081 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12084 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12086 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12088 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12089 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12090 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12091 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12092 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12094 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12096 dw_die_ref subr_die
12097 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
12099 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12100 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12101 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12103 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
12104 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
12107 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12108 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12109 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12110 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12111 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12112 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12113 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12114 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12115 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12116 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12117 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12119 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12122 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12125 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12127 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12129 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
12132 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
12133 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
12134 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
12135 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
12138 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
12140 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12141 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12142 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12145 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
12146 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12148 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12149 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12151 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12152 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12153 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12154 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12156 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12157 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
12161 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12162 Use modified_type_die instead.
12163 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12164 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12167 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12170 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12172 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12173 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12174 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12177 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12178 Use modified_type_die instead.
12179 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12180 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12183 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12186 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12188 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
12189 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12190 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12194 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12197 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12200 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
12201 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12203 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12204 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12205 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
12206 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12209 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12212 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
12215 char producer
[250];
12216 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
12219 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
12223 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
12224 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12225 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
12226 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
12229 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
12231 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12232 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12233 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12234 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12235 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12236 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12237 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12238 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12239 strcat (producer
, " -g");
12242 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
12244 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
12245 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
12246 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12247 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
12248 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
12249 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
12250 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F95") == 0)
12251 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
12252 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12253 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
12254 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
12255 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
12256 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12257 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
12258 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12259 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
12261 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
12263 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
12267 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12270 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12272 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
12274 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12275 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
12277 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
12278 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
12280 if (access
== access_public_node
)
12281 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
12282 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
12283 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12286 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12289 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12292 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
12295 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12296 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12297 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12298 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12299 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12300 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12301 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12302 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12303 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12304 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12305 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12307 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12310 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
12314 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
12315 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
12316 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
12317 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
12320 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12321 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12323 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12324 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12325 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12326 do put them in the right order. */
12328 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12330 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12332 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12335 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12336 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12338 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12339 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
12342 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12344 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12346 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12350 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12351 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12352 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12355 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12357 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12358 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
12360 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
12361 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12362 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
12363 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
12365 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
12368 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
12369 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12370 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
12373 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
12375 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
12376 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12378 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
12380 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12381 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
12383 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
12385 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
12387 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
12390 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12392 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12393 then give a list of members. */
12394 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
12396 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12397 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12398 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12399 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12400 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12401 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
12403 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12404 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12405 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12406 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
12408 push_decl_scope (type
);
12409 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
12412 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12413 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
12415 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
12417 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
12418 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12419 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
12424 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12426 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12427 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12428 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
12429 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
12433 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12436 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12438 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12439 dw_die_ref subr_die
12440 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
12441 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12443 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
12444 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
12445 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12446 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
12449 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12452 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12454 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12457 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12460 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
12461 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
12462 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12463 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12464 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
12469 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
12470 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
12472 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
12474 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12475 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
12478 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12480 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12481 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12484 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12485 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
12488 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12491 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12495 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12498 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12499 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12501 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12504 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12505 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
12507 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12508 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
12512 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12513 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12514 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12515 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12516 cloned type itself). */
12517 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12518 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
12520 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12523 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12529 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12530 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12531 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12532 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12533 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12535 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12537 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12538 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12539 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12543 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12544 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12545 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
12547 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12548 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12550 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12552 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12555 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12556 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12557 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12558 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12562 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12563 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12564 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12568 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12572 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12575 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12578 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12579 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12580 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12581 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12582 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12583 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12584 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12585 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
12586 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12587 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12589 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
12591 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12594 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12595 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12596 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12601 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
12605 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
12606 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12608 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12613 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12614 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12615 when appropriate. */
12623 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12627 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12631 gcc_unreachable ();
12634 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12637 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12640 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12642 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12645 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12646 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12647 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12649 gcc_assert (type
== type_main_variant (type
));
12651 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12652 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12654 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12659 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12660 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12664 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12668 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12669 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12673 gcc_unreachable ();
12677 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12678 things which are local to the given block. */
12681 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12683 int must_output_die
= 0;
12686 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12688 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12689 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12692 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12693 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12694 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12695 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12699 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12700 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12705 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12706 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12707 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12708 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12709 the current block. */
12710 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12711 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12713 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12715 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12716 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12717 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12718 must_output_die
= 1;
12721 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12722 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12723 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12724 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12725 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12726 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12727 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12728 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12730 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12731 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12732 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12733 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12734 as being a "significant" one. */
12735 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
12736 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
12737 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
12738 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
12740 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12741 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12742 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12743 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12744 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12745 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12747 must_output_die
= 1;
12753 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12754 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12755 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12756 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12757 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12758 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12759 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12760 if (must_output_die
)
12762 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12763 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12765 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12768 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12771 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12772 all of its sub-blocks. */
12775 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12780 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12781 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12784 if (TREE_USED (stmt
))
12786 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12787 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12788 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12789 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12790 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12794 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12795 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12796 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12797 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12801 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12802 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12803 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12804 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12805 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12806 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
))
12809 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12813 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12814 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12817 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12818 therein) of this block. */
12819 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12821 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12822 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12825 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12828 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
12830 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12833 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12834 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12835 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12836 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12837 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12838 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12844 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12847 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
12849 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12850 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
12851 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
12852 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12855 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12856 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12859 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12860 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
12861 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
12863 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
12866 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12868 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12872 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12874 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12875 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12876 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12877 declaration die. */
12878 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
12879 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
12880 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12881 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
12885 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12886 gen_decl_die() call. */
12887 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
12888 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
12889 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12890 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
12893 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12894 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12898 gcc_unreachable ();
12901 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12903 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12904 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
12910 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12913 force_type_die (tree type
)
12915 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12917 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12920 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12921 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12923 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12924 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12926 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12929 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12931 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12934 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12935 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12936 gcc_assert (type_die
);
12941 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12942 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12945 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12947 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
12948 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
12949 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12950 /* Force out the namespace. */
12951 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12953 return context_die
;
12956 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12957 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12959 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12960 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12963 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12965 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
12967 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12970 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12971 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12972 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12973 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
12976 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
12978 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
12980 if (DECL_P (thing
))
12981 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12983 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12987 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12990 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
12992 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
12994 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12995 they are an alias of. */
12996 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
12998 /* Output a real namespace. */
12999 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13000 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
13001 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13002 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13006 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13008 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13009 dw_die_ref origin_die
13010 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13012 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13013 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13014 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
13015 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13016 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
13017 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13021 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13024 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13028 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13031 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13037 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13038 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13041 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13042 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13043 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13044 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
13045 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
13050 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13051 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13052 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
13053 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13056 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13057 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
13058 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13060 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13061 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13062 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
13063 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
13064 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
13065 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13066 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13067 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13068 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13070 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
13071 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
13074 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13075 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13077 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13078 have described its return type. */
13079 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
13081 /* And its virtual context. */
13082 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13083 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
13085 /* And its containing type. */
13086 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13087 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13088 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13090 /* And its containing namespace. */
13091 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13094 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13095 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13099 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13100 actual typedefs. */
13101 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13104 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13105 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13106 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13107 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13108 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13109 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13110 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13112 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13116 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
13117 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13119 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13120 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
13124 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13125 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
13130 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13131 variable declarations or definitions. */
13132 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13135 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13137 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13139 /* And its containing type. */
13140 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13141 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13142 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13144 /* And its containing namespace. */
13145 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13147 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13148 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13149 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13151 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13152 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
13153 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13155 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
13159 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13160 anonymous unions and structs. */
13161 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
13162 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
13163 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
13165 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
13166 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
13171 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13172 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13175 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13176 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
13180 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13181 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
13186 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13187 compilation proper has finished. */
13190 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
13192 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13193 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13194 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13195 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13196 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
13197 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13200 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13201 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13203 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
13206 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13209 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13212 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
13214 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
13215 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
13216 unsigned file_index
;
13217 expanded_location xloc
;
13219 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13224 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13225 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13228 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13229 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13231 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13232 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
13233 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
13235 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13237 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13238 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
13239 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13242 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13243 if (!at_import_die
)
13245 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13246 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13247 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
13249 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
13250 dw_die_ref type_context_die
;
13252 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13253 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13254 type_context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13256 type_context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13258 type_context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13259 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
, type_context_die
);
13261 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
13265 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13266 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13267 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
13269 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
13271 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
13272 file_index
= lookup_filename (xloc
.file
);
13273 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
13274 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
13275 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
13278 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13281 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
13283 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13285 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13290 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13291 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13292 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13293 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13294 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13295 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13296 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13297 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13298 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13299 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13300 with the definition of the function.
13302 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13303 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13304 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13305 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13306 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13307 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13308 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13309 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13310 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13311 that they *are* definitions).
13313 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13314 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13315 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13316 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13317 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13318 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
13321 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13322 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13323 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13324 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
13325 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13326 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13327 context_die
= NULL
;
13331 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13332 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13333 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13334 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13335 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13336 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13337 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13338 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13339 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
13342 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13343 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
13344 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
13346 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13347 variable declarations or definitions. */
13348 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13352 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13353 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13355 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
13360 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13361 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
13364 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13365 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13366 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
13368 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13369 comparisons have. */
13371 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13372 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13373 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
13378 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13379 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13382 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13383 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13384 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
13385 context_die
= NULL
;
13393 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13396 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13397 a lexical block. */
13400 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13401 unsigned int blocknum
)
13403 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13404 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13407 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13411 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
13413 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13414 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13417 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13418 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13420 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13421 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13422 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13425 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
13429 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13430 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13431 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
13437 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13438 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13439 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13440 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13441 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13442 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13443 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13444 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13445 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13449 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
13452 char *save_file_name
;
13454 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13455 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13456 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
13459 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
13460 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
13461 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
13464 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13465 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
13466 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
13467 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
13469 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
13473 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13474 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
13475 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
13476 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
13477 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13479 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13480 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13481 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13482 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13484 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13485 return maybe_emit_file (i
);
13490 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13491 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13492 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13493 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13494 types, which may include filenames. */
13497 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
13499 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
13501 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
13503 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
13504 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
13505 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
13506 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
13507 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
13508 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
13510 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
13516 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13519 init_file_table (void)
13521 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13522 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
13523 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13525 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13526 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
13527 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13528 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
13531 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13532 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13533 our lookup table. */
13536 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
13538 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13539 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
13541 static rtx last_insn
;
13542 static const char *last_label
;
13545 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
13547 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
13549 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
13550 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13551 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13553 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
13554 && last_insn
== prev_insn
13555 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
13556 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
13558 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
13562 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13563 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13565 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
13567 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
13568 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
13570 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13571 newloc
->section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
13573 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
13575 last_insn
= loc_note
;
13576 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
13577 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
13578 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
)
13579 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
)))
13580 decl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
13581 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
13584 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13585 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13586 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13587 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13590 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
13592 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
13594 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
13595 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
13598 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13599 and record information relating to this source line, in
13600 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13603 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
13605 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13608 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13610 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13611 if (flag_debug_asm
)
13612 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
13615 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13617 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13619 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
13621 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13622 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
13624 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13625 line_info_table_in_use
++;
13627 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
13629 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
13630 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13631 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
13633 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13634 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13635 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
13637 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13638 separate_line_info_table
13639 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
13640 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13641 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
13642 memset (separate_line_info_table
13643 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
13645 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13646 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
13649 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13651 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
13652 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13653 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13654 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
13658 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
13660 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13661 line_info_table_in_use
);
13663 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13664 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
13666 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13668 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
13669 (line_info_table_allocated
13670 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
13671 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
13672 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13675 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13676 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
13677 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13678 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13683 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13686 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
13688 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13690 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13691 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
13693 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13694 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
13697 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13701 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
13703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
13706 fileno
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13707 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno
, "Filename we just started");
13711 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13714 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13716 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13717 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13718 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13720 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13722 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13727 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13728 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13729 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13732 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13733 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13735 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13737 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
13739 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13740 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13744 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13745 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13746 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13749 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13750 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13752 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13754 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13755 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13756 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13757 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13761 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13764 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13766 init_file_table ();
13768 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13769 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13770 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13772 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13773 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13774 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13776 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13777 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
13779 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13780 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13781 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13782 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13783 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13784 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13786 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13787 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13788 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13789 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13791 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13792 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13794 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13795 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13796 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13797 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13798 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13799 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13800 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13802 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
13804 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
13806 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
13807 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13808 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
13809 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13810 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
13811 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13812 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
13813 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13814 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
13815 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13816 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
13817 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13818 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
13819 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13820 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
13821 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
13822 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
13823 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13824 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
13825 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13827 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13828 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
13829 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13830 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13831 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
13832 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13833 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
13835 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
13836 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13837 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
13838 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13839 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
13840 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13841 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
13842 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
13843 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
13844 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
13845 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
13846 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
13848 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13850 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13851 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
13852 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13853 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
13856 switch_to_section (text_section
);
13857 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
13858 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
13860 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
13861 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
13865 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13866 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13869 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13871 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
13873 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
13875 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
13876 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
13877 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
13885 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13886 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13889 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
13893 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13894 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
13898 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13899 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13902 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
13907 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
13909 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
13911 /* A reference to another DIE.
13912 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13913 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
13915 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
|| a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_call_file
)
13917 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13918 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
13919 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
13925 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13926 to DIE's children. */
13929 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
13933 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
13935 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13938 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13939 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13940 if (die
->die_parent
)
13941 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
13943 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13944 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13946 /* If this node is a specification,
13947 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13948 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
13949 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
13952 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
13954 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13955 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13959 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13961 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13962 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13963 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
13964 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
13966 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13972 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13975 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
13979 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13983 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
13984 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
13985 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
13986 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
13987 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
13988 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
13989 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
13990 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
13991 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
13992 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
13993 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
13994 case DW_TAG_friend
:
13995 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
13996 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
13997 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
13998 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
13999 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
14000 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
14001 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
14002 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
14003 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
14006 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14010 /* Mark everything else. */
14016 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14017 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14019 /* Mark children. */
14020 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
14021 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
14025 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14028 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
14030 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
14032 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
14035 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
14040 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
14048 die
->die_child
= n
;
14055 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14058 prune_unused_types (void)
14061 limbo_die_node
*node
;
14063 /* Clear all the marks. */
14064 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
14065 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14066 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
14068 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14069 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
14070 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14071 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
14073 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14074 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14075 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
14076 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
14077 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
14078 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
14080 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
14081 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
14082 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14083 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
14085 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14086 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
14087 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14088 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
14091 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14092 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14095 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
14097 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
14098 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
14100 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14101 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14102 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
14103 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
14104 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14105 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
14108 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
14109 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14110 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14111 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
14113 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14118 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14119 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14120 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14121 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14123 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
14125 next_node
= node
->next
;
14128 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14130 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
14133 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
14134 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
14136 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
14137 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14138 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14141 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14142 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14143 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14144 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14145 this to be a child of the containing function.
14147 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14148 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14149 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14150 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14151 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
14153 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
14155 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
14156 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14157 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
14158 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14160 gcc_assert (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
);
14162 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
14164 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
14166 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14171 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
14173 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14174 emit full debugging info for them. */
14175 retry_incomplete_types ();
14177 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14178 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14179 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
14181 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
14182 prune_unused_types ();
14184 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14185 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14186 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
14187 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
14189 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14190 that have children. */
14191 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
14192 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14193 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
14195 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14196 switch_to_section (text_section
);
14197 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
14198 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14200 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14201 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
14204 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14205 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14206 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14207 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14208 examining the file. */
14209 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
14211 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
14212 output_line_info ();
14215 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14217 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
14219 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
14220 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
14223 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14224 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14225 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
14226 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
14228 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14229 if (have_location_lists
)
14231 /* Output the location lists info. */
14232 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
14233 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
14234 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14235 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
14236 output_location_lists (die
);
14239 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
14240 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
14241 debug_line_section_label
);
14243 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14244 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
14246 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14247 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14248 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14249 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
14251 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
14253 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14254 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
14255 output_abbrev_section ();
14257 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14258 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
14260 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
14261 output_pubnames ();
14264 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14265 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14266 if (fde_table_in_use
)
14268 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
14272 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14273 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
14275 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
14276 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
14280 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14281 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14283 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14284 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14287 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14289 if (debug_str_hash
)
14290 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
14294 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14295 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
14297 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14299 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"